1
0
Fork 0

Merge commit '60b30c0363' as 'lib/lufa'

This commit is contained in:
Jack Humbert 2017-07-07 11:55:23 -04:00
commit 8655d4f494
1455 changed files with 394541 additions and 0 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AVRISP-MKII.h"
#if (BOARD != BOARD_NONE)
/* Some board hardware definitions (e.g. the Arduino Micro) have their LEDs defined on the same pins
as the ISP, PDI or TPI interfaces (see the accompanying project documentation). If a board other
than NONE is selected (to enable the LED driver with the programmer) you should double-check that
no conflicts will occur. If there is a conflict, turn off the LEDs (set BOARD to NONE in the makefile)
or define a custom board driver (see the LUFA manual) with alternative LED mappings.
*/
#warning Board specific drivers have been selected; make sure the board LED driver does not conflict with the programmer ISP/PDI/TPI interfaces.
#endif
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
V2Protocol_Init();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
#if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
/* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power
mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */
LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER);
#endif
AVRISP_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
#endif
/* USB Stack Initialization */
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
bool ConfigSuccess = true;
/* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */
ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
/* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */
if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
void AVRISP_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
}
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*
* \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve
* \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
* \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor
*
* \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AVRISP.c.
*/
#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
#define _AVRISP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */
#define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER LEDS_LED3
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void AVRISP_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
*
* \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
* \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
* \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
* \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i>
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description
*
* Firmware for an Atmel Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB
* AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within
* Atmel Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most
* basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices at the programmer's VCC voltage from
* within Atmel Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB
* interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the
* programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer.
*
* This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
* drivers. It is currently tested working under the following configurations:
*
* - <b>Windows:</b> Atmel Studio 7, with alternative driver
* - <b>Windows:</b> AVRDUDE 6.2, with alternative driver
* - <b>Linux:</b> AVRDUDE 6.1
*
* <b>Note that this clone requires a libUSB based driver under Windows,</b> due to an incompatible change in the official
* Jungo based driver. The alternative driver given here will function with both real and clone AVRISP devices in Atmel
* Studio 7 onwards under Windows - and as a bonus, also provides AVRDude access to the programmer.
*
* As of Atmel Studio version 7.0.1417 the legacy Jungo driver has been deprecated in favor of an official libUSB based
* driver, making the driver packaged here superfluous. Use the driver packaged here only if you are still using an earlier
* Atmel Studio 7 build, otherwise the official Atmel libUSB driver should be used.
*
* Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
* - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
* - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
*
* On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the
* \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET
* detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times
* which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices.
*
* While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
* of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
*
* \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
*
* \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases.
* Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM
* is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption.
* <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>.
*
* \section Sec_Installation Installation
* The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux.
*
* \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation
* On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems)
* editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer
* is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project.
*
* \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation
* On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the Atmel Studio platform, the programmer
* requires an alternative libUSB based driver. Uninstall the existing Jungo driver for the device (if installed) and replace
* it with the driver that ships with this project, to enable access to the programmer in Atmel Studio and AVRDUDE.
*
* \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
* Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MISO</td>
* <td>PDO</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MOSI</td>
* <td>PDI</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the
* fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's
* XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly).
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
*
* \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
* Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCK</td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
*
* \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
* Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
* <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
* <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
* <th><b>Location:</b></th>
* <th><b>Description:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
* to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply
* voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage
* to the ADC.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will
* override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the
* ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be
* measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set
* to 2.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming
* hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used,
* if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
* with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2104,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.AVRISP_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII");
/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
* series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0"
// Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware?
);
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &AVRISP_ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial:
Address = &AVRISP_SerialString;
Size = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size;
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
/** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
} AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t
{
AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB
#define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB
#define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB
#if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
#define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 0)
#else
#define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
#endif
#define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 5
#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 1
// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
#define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
*/
#include "ISPProtocol.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on
* the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host.
*/
void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void)
{
struct
{
uint8_t TimeoutMS;
uint8_t PinStabDelayMS;
uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS;
uint8_t SynchLoops;
uint8_t ByteDelay;
uint8_t PollValue;
uint8_t PollIndex;
uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4];
} Enter_ISP_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED;
CurrentAddress = 0;
/* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS);
ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP();
ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
/* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified
* by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */
while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
{
uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
{
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay);
ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]);
}
/* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */
if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue))
{
ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
break;
}
else
{
ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
}
}
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP);
Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */
void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void)
{
struct
{
uint8_t PreDelayMS;
uint8_t PostDelayMS;
} Leave_ISP_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
/* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS);
ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP();
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS);
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes,
* words or pages of data to the attached device.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
{
struct
{
uint16_t BytesToWrite;
uint8_t ProgrammingMode;
uint8_t DelayMS;
uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3];
uint8_t PollValue1;
uint8_t PollValue2;
uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the
} Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) -
sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL);
Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite);
if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData))
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
return;
}
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL);
// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) +
Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 :
Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2;
uint16_t PollAddress = 0;
uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData;
uint16_t PageStartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
{
uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++);
uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode;
/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
{
ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
}
ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
* or low byte at the current word address */
if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
/* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */
if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue))
{
if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
else
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
}
/* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */
if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK))
{
/* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */
if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK))
ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
/* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */
if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK)
break;
/* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */
PollAddress = 0;
}
/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
* also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
* address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */
if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
{
CurrentAddress++;
if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
}
}
/* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */
if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)
{
ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]);
ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8);
ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF);
ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */
if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress))
{
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) |
PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
}
ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
/* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */
if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
}
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes,
* words or pages of data from the attached device.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
{
struct
{
uint16_t BytesToRead;
uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand;
} Read_Memory_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL);
Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
/* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */
for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++)
{
/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
{
ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
}
/* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */
ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand);
ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
/* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high
* or low byte at the current word address */
if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)
Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
* also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
* address boundary has been crossed */
if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP))
{
CurrentAddress++;
if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
}
}
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
if (IsEndpointFull)
{
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
}
/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */
void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void)
{
struct
{
uint8_t EraseDelayMS;
uint8_t PollMethod;
uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4];
} Erase_Chip_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
/* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */
for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++)
ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]);
/* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */
if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod))
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS);
else
ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP);
Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands,
* reading the requested configuration byte from the device.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command)
{
struct
{
uint8_t RetByte;
uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4];
} Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */
for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration
* byte to the device.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command)
{
struct
{
uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4];
} Write_FuseLockSig_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */
for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++)
ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */
void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void)
{
struct
{
uint8_t TxBytes;
uint8_t RxBytes;
uint8_t RxStartAddr;
uint8_t TxData[255];
} SPI_Multi_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL);
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0;
uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0;
/* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */
while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr)
{
if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]);
else
ISPTarget_SendByte(0);
CurrTxPos++;
}
/* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */
while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes)
{
if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++]));
else
Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
/* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
CurrRxPos++;
}
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
if (IsEndpointFull)
{
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
}
/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around
* the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a
* constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required).
*
* \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for
*/
void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS)
{
while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
Delay_MS(1);
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */
#define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6)
#define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
*/
#include "ISPTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds.
*
* \hideinitializer
*/
static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
{
#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#else
#error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
#endif
};
/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver.
*
* \hideinitializer
*/
static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
{
TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767),
TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395),
TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243),
TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200),
TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470),
TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285),
TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583),
TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914),
TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944),
TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963), TIMER_COMP(9468), TIMER_COMP(9081), TIMER_COMP(8612),
TIMER_COMP(8239), TIMER_COMP(7851), TIMER_COMP(7498), TIMER_COMP(7137), TIMER_COMP(6809),
TIMER_COMP(6478), TIMER_COMP(6178), TIMER_COMP(5879), TIMER_COMP(5607), TIMER_COMP(5359),
TIMER_COMP(5093), TIMER_COMP(4870), TIMER_COMP(4633), TIMER_COMP(4418), TIMER_COMP(4209),
TIMER_COMP(4019), TIMER_COMP(3823), TIMER_COMP(3645), TIMER_COMP(3474), TIMER_COMP(3310),
TIMER_COMP(3161), TIMER_COMP(3011), TIMER_COMP(2869), TIMER_COMP(2734), TIMER_COMP(2611),
TIMER_COMP(2484), TIMER_COMP(2369), TIMER_COMP(2257), TIMER_COMP(2152), TIMER_COMP(2052),
TIMER_COMP(1956), TIMER_COMP(1866), TIMER_COMP(1779), TIMER_COMP(1695), TIMER_COMP(1615),
TIMER_COMP(1539), TIMER_COMP(1468), TIMER_COMP(1398), TIMER_COMP(1333), TIMER_COMP(1271),
TIMER_COMP(1212), TIMER_COMP(1155), TIMER_COMP(1101), TIMER_COMP(1049), TIMER_COMP(1000),
TIMER_COMP(953), TIMER_COMP(909), TIMER_COMP(866), TIMER_COMP(826), TIMER_COMP(787),
TIMER_COMP(750), TIMER_COMP(715), TIMER_COMP(682), TIMER_COMP(650), TIMER_COMP(619),
TIMER_COMP(590), TIMER_COMP(563), TIMER_COMP(536), TIMER_COMP(511), TIMER_COMP(487),
TIMER_COMP(465), TIMER_COMP(443), TIMER_COMP(422), TIMER_COMP(402), TIMER_COMP(384),
TIMER_COMP(366), TIMER_COMP(349), TIMER_COMP(332), TIMER_COMP(317), TIMER_COMP(302),
TIMER_COMP(288), TIMER_COMP(274), TIMER_COMP(261), TIMER_COMP(249), TIMER_COMP(238),
TIMER_COMP(226), TIMER_COMP(216), TIMER_COMP(206), TIMER_COMP(196), TIMER_COMP(187),
TIMER_COMP(178), TIMER_COMP(170), TIMER_COMP(162), TIMER_COMP(154), TIMER_COMP(147),
TIMER_COMP(140), TIMER_COMP(134), TIMER_COMP(128), TIMER_COMP(122), TIMER_COMP(116),
TIMER_COMP(111), TIMER_COMP(105), TIMER_COMP(100), TIMER_COMP(95.4), TIMER_COMP(90.9),
TIMER_COMP(86.6), TIMER_COMP(82.6), TIMER_COMP(78.7), TIMER_COMP(75.0), TIMER_COMP(71.5),
TIMER_COMP(68.2), TIMER_COMP(65.0), TIMER_COMP(61.9), TIMER_COMP(59.0), TIMER_COMP(56.3),
TIMER_COMP(53.6), TIMER_COMP(51.1)
};
/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */
bool HardwareSPIMode = true;
/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */
static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data;
/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */
static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining;
/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */
ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
/* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */
if (!(PINB & (1 << 1)))
{
if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
PORTB |= (1 << 2);
else
PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
}
else
{
SoftSPI_Data <<= 1;
if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining))
{
TCCR1B = 0;
TIFR1 = (1 << OCF1A);
}
if (PINB & (1 << 3))
SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0);
}
/* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */
PINB |= (1 << 1);
}
/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for
* communication with the attached target.
*/
void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void)
{
uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
{
HardwareSPIMode = true;
SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST |
SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
}
else
{
HardwareSPIMode = false;
DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration);
}
}
/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no
* further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized.
*/
void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void)
{
if (HardwareSPIMode)
{
SPI_Disable();
}
else
{
DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
/* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is
* re-purposed for software SPI */
ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
}
}
/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so
* that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for
* an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this
* functionality to work correctly.
*/
void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void)
{
#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE)
/* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */
DDRD |= (1 << 5);
/* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */
UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
#else
/* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */
#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
#else
DDRB |= (1 << 5);
#endif
/* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */
TIMSK1 = 0;
TCNT1 = 0;
OCR1A = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0);
TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10));
#endif
}
/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that
* cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module.
*
* \param[in] SCKDuration Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock
*/
void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration)
{
/* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */
TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
TCNT1 = 0;
OCR1A = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]);
TCCR1A = 0;
TCCR1B = 0;
}
/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
*
* \return Received byte of data from the attached target
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
SoftSPI_Data = Byte;
SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8;
/* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */
if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
PORTB |= (1 << 2);
else
PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
TCNT1 = 0;
TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11));
while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
TCCR1B = 0;
return SoftSPI_Data;
}
/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
* When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
*
* \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise
*/
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
{
if (ResetTarget)
{
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
else
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
else
{
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
}
/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
* BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
{
do
{
ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0);
ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
}
/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
* 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
* pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
*/
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
{
ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16);
ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
* the given parameters.
*
* \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants
* \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
* \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
* \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
* \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
* \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
const uint16_t PollAddress,
const uint8_t PollValue,
const uint8_t DelayMS,
const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
{
uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
/* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
{
case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
do
{
ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
}
while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
break;
}
/* Program complete - reset timeout */
TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
return ProgrammingStatus;
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
#define _ISP_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "ISPProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */
#define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D
/** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */
#define TIMER_COMP(freq) (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1)
/** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */
#define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED 4000000
/* External Variables: */
extern bool HardwareSPIMode;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void);
void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void);
void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void);
void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration);
uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte);
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
const uint16_t PollAddress,
const uint8_t PollValue,
const uint8_t DelayMS,
const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or
* software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
*/
static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
if (HardwareSPIMode)
SPI_SendByte(Byte);
else
ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
}
/** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate
* SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
*
* \return Received byte of data from the attached target
*/
static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
{
uint8_t ReceivedByte;
if (HardwareSPIMode)
ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte();
else
ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00);
#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
return ~ReceivedByte;
#else
return ReceivedByte;
#endif
}
/** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the
* appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
*
* \return Received byte of data from the attached target
*/
static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
uint8_t ReceivedByte;
if (HardwareSPIMode)
ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
else
ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
return ~ReceivedByte;
#else
return ReceivedByte;
#endif
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
#include "V2Protocol.h"
/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
uint32_t CurrentAddress;
/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */
bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
{
if (TimeoutTicksRemaining)
TimeoutTicksRemaining--;
else
TCCR0B = 0;
}
/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
void V2Protocol_Init(void)
{
#if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
/* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
#endif
/* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */
OCR0A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
#endif
}
/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
* This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
* appropriate function.
*/
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
{
uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
/* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */
TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
switch (V2Command)
{
case CMD_SIGN_ON:
V2Protocol_SignOn();
break;
case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
break;
case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
break;
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
break;
case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
break;
case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
break;
#endif
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
break;
case CMD_XPROG:
XPROGProtocol_Command();
break;
#endif
default:
V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
break;
}
/* Disable the timeout management timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
}
/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
* STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
/* Discard all incoming data */
while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
* no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
*/
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
* getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8();
uint8_t ParamValue;
if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8();
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
{
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
}
else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
{
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
}
else
{
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
}
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
* global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
* to the attached device as required.
*/
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
{
Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2Protocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
#error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile.
#endif
#if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF)
#undef VTARGET_REF_VOLTS
#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56
#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV
#else
#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */
#define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2"
/** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */
#define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS 100
/** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */
#define TimeoutTicksRemaining GPIOR1
/** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
/* External Variables: */
extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
extern bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void V2Protocol_Init(void);
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
/* Macros: */
#define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
#define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
#define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
#define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
#define CMD_XPROG 0x50
#define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51
#define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
#define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM 0xCA
#define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04
#define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10
#define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
#define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
#define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
#define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
#define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1
#define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01;
/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration = 0x06;
/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
{
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x01 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10) },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 6 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x01 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
};
/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
{
/* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */
uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity);
uint8_t SCKDuration = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration);
/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF)
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity;
/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
if (SCKDuration != 0xFF)
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue = SCKDuration;
}
/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
* VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
*/
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
{
#if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
/* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
#endif
}
/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
* be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
* getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
}
/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a
* GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
* parameter is host-readable.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
}
/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host
* via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
* parameter is host-writable.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
* \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
const uint8_t Value)
{
ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return;
ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
/* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value);
/* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION)
eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value);
}
/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
* parameter ID.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
/* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
{
if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
return CurrTableItem;
CurrTableItem++;
}
return NULL;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "V2Protocol.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */
#define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */
#define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1)
/** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
#define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
#if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
/** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version
* the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */
#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x18
#endif
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
typedef struct
{
const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
} ParameterItem_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
const uint8_t Value);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
#include "TINYNVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
}
/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address));
}
/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address));
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
for (;;)
{
/* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
return true;
}
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
for (;;)
{
/* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
return true;
}
}
/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void)
{
/* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */
XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI();
/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY);
for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
}
/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */
void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void)
{
TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
do
{
/* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI();
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
/* Send the address of the location to read from */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
{
/* Read the byte of data from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
}
return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
}
/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
uint16_t WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
if (WriteLength & 0x01)
WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
/* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
/* Send the address of the location to write to */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
while (WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Write the low byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Write the high byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */
WriteLength -= 2;
}
return true;
}
/** Erases the target's memory space.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
const uint16_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for TINYNVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
#define _TINY_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void);
void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void);
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
uint16_t ReadLength);
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
uint16_t WriteLength);
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
const uint16_t Address);
#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
*
* \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24);
}
/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
*
* \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
{
/* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
/* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
* calculation.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
for (;;)
{
/* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS));
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
return true;
}
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
/* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
for (;;)
{
/* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
return true;
}
}
/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void)
{
/* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */
XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI();
/* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY);
/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY);
for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
}
/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */
void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void)
{
XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
/* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the
* change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?).
*/
do
{
/* Clear reset register */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI();
}
/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
*
* \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target
* \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
uint32_t* const CRCDest)
{
*CRCDest = 0;
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
/* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1);
/* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++)
((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
if (ReadSize > 1)
{
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
/* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
}
else
{
/* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
}
return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
}
/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
* \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
/* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
return true;
}
/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
* \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
* \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
* \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
const uint8_t PageMode,
const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
uint16_t WriteSize)
{
if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
}
if (WriteSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
while (WriteSize--)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
}
if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
/* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
return true;
}
/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
const uint32_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */
if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
{
/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
}
else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM)
{
/* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1);
/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
}
else
{
/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
#define _XMEGA_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES 3
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10
#define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX (1 << 0)
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void);
void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void);
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
uint32_t* const CRCDest);
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
uint16_t ReadSize);
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t Byte);
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
const uint8_t PageMode,
const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
uint16_t WriteSize);
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
const uint32_t Address);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */
uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0;
/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */
uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = 32;
/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */
uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33;
/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */
uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32;
/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */
uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI;
/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI
* programming.
*/
void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void)
{
struct
{
uint8_t Protocol;
} SetMode_XPROG_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol;
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE);
Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be
* removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled.
*/
void XPROGProtocol_Command(void)
{
uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8();
switch (XPROGCommand)
{
case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE:
XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE:
XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_ERASE:
XPROGProtocol_Erase();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM:
XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM:
XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_CRC:
XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC();
break;
case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM:
XPROGProtocol_SetParam();
break;
}
}
/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */
static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
bool NVMBusEnabled = false;
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI();
else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI)
NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI();
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE);
Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with
* the attached device.
*/
static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
XMEGANVM_DisablePDI();
else
TINYNVM_DisableTPI();
#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
/* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the
* XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */
ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
#endif
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */
static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
struct
{
uint8_t MemoryType;
uint32_t Address;
} Erase_XPROG_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL);
Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t EraseCommand;
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
{
/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */
switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
{
case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_APP:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE;
break;
case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG;
break;
default:
EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP;
break;
}
/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP)
EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
else
EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE;
/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE);
Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */
static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
struct
{
uint8_t MemoryType;
uint8_t PageMode;
uint32_t Address;
uint16_t Length;
uint8_t ProgData[256];
} WriteMemory_XPROG_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) -
sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL);
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) +
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
{
/* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */
uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE;
uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF;
uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF;
bool PagedMemory = true;
switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
{
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE;
break;
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE;
break;
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE;
WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
break;
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG;
break;
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE;
PagedMemory = false;
break;
case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS:
WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK;
PagedMemory = false;
break;
}
/* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */
if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand,
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) ||
(!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0]))))
{
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else
{
/* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData,
WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
{
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
}
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM);
Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the
* attached device.
*/
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
struct
{
uint8_t MemoryType;
uint32_t Address;
uint16_t Length;
} ReadMemory_XPROG_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL);
ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint8_t ReadBuffer[256];
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
{
/* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
/* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM);
Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the
* attached device's memory and a data set on the host.
*/
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
struct
{
uint8_t CRCType;
} ReadCRC_XPROG_Params;
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
uint32_t MemoryCRC;
if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
{
uint8_t CRCCommand;
/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */
switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType)
{
case XPROG_CRC_APP:
CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC;
break;
case XPROG_CRC_BOOT:
CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC;
break;
default:
CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC;
break;
}
/* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */
if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC)))
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
/* TPI does not support memory CRC */
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
}
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC);
Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
{
Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16);
Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF);
}
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the
* attached device.
*/
static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8();
/* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */
switch (XPROGParam)
{
case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE:
XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_32_BE();
break;
case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE:
XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_16_BE();
break;
case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG:
XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
break;
case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG:
XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
break;
case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1:
/* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or
the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail.
*/
Endpoint_Discard_16();
break;
default:
ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
break;
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM);
Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#include "TINYNVM.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
/* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming
for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware
damage and force-enable XPROG.
*/
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01
#define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02
#define XPROG_CMD_ERASE 0x03
#define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04
#define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05
#define XPROG_CMD_CRC 0x06
#define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6
#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7
#define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP 1
#define XPROG_ERASE_APP 2
#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT 3
#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM 4
#define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5
#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6
#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7
#define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG 8
#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0
#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1
#define XPROG_CRC_APP 1
#define XPROG_CRC_BOOT 2
#define XPROG_CRC_FLASH 3
#define XPROG_ERR_OK 0
#define XPROG_ERR_FAILED 1
#define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION 2
#define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3
#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01
#define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02
#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03
#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04
#define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1 0x05
#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00
#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01
#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02
#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1)
#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0)
/* External Variables: */
extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
bool IsSending;
/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
_delay_us(100);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
}
/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
_delay_us(100);
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
}
/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
if (IsSending)
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Tristate all pins */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
}
/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
if (IsSending)
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
/* Tristate target /RESET line */
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Sends a byte via the USART.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART
*/
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UDR1 = Byte;
}
/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired.
*
* \return Received byte from the USART
*/
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
if (IsSending)
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
return UDR1;
}
/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
}
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
DDRD |= (1 << 3);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1);
IsSending = true;
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
{
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
IsSending = false;
}
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
#define _XPROG_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */
#define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 2000000
/** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */
#define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12
/** \name PDI Related Constants
* @{
*/
#define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x00 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
#define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
#define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x40 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
#define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
#define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg) (0x80 | PDIReg)
#define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize) (0xA0 | DataSize)
#define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg) (0xC0 | PDIReg)
#define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0
#define PDI_REG_STATUS 0
#define PDI_REG_RESET 1
#define PDI_REG_CTRL 2
#define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59
#define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE 0
#define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES 1
#define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES 2
#define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES 3
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1
#define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2
/** @} */
/** \name TPI Related Constants
* @{
*/
#define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess)
#define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess)
#define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68
#define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address) (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
#define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address) (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
#define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg) (0x80 | TPIReg)
#define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg) (0xC0 | TPIReg)
#define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0
#define TPI_REG_STATUS 0x00
#define TPI_REG_CTRL 0x02
#define TPI_REG_ID 0x0F
#define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4
/** @} */
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void);
bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
This software is distributed under the following licenses:
Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL)
Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
***********************************************************************
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
General Public License.
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
Version".
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side by side in a single library together with other library
facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that published version or of any later version
published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
Library.

View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
</project>
<!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module -->
<module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<build type="include-path" value="."/>
<build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/>
<build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
</module>
<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
<info type="description" value="summary">
Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
<build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = at90usb1287
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = USBKEY
F_CPU = 8000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = AVRISP-MKII
SRC = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \
Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
# Include common DMBS build system modules
DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk

View file

@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Benito.h"
/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer;
/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
static uint8_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
volatile struct
{
uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */
uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
} PulseMSRemaining;
/** Milliseconds remaining until the receive buffer is flushed to the USB host */
uint8_t FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.DataINEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.NotificationEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
/* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */
if ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) && CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
{
UDR1 = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */
if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
{
/* Clear flush timer expiry flag */
TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0);
/* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */
if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse))
{
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */
if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse))
{
LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
/* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
/* Check if the receive buffer flush period has expired */
uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
if (!(--FlushPeriodRemaining) || (BufferCount > 200))
{
FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
/* Start RX LED indicator pulse */
if (BufferCount)
{
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */
while (BufferCount--)
{
/* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
{
break;
}
/* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
}
}
}
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
/* Tristate target /RESET Line */
AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
bool ConfigSuccess = true;
ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDS_NO_LEDS : LEDMASK_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
* the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
* internally.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
{
case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
break;
case CDC_PARITY_Even:
ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
break;
}
if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
{
case 6:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
break;
case 7:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
break;
case 8:
ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
break;
}
/* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1A = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */
UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
/* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */
UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
}
/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
* for later transmission to the host.
*/
ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
static bool PreviousDTRState = false;
bool CurrentDTRState = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
/* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */
if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS;
}
PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Benito.c.
*/
#ifndef _BENITO_H_
#define _BENITO_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project
*
* \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
* \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
* \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
* \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
* Arduino Bootloader Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This
* project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse
* to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin.
*
* This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs.
*
* After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located
* in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
* its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
* automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
* <th><b>Location:</b></th>
* <th><b>Description:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-ponging between toggles.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Period between flushings of received data buffer to the attached USB host.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT PORTD
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR DDRD
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
#define AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS 10
#define TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS 30
#define PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS 100
#define RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS 10
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2060,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
.CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
},
.CDC_Functional_ACM =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
.Capabilities = 0x06,
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
.MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
},
.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Benito Arduino Programmer");
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// CDC Command Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
// CDC Data Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum StringDescriptors_t
{
STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
;************************************************************
[DefaultInstall]
CopyINF="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
[SourceDisksNames]
[SourceDisksFiles]
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
[DriverInstall]
Include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
[DriverInstall.Services]
Include=mdmcpq.inf
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
[DriverInstall.AddReg]
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
[DeviceList.NTx86]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
[DeviceList.NTia64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
DESCRIPTION="LUFA Benito Programmer"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="Benito Programmer" id="lufa.projects.benito.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.projects.benito"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.benito" caption="Benito Programmer">
<info type="description" value="summary">
Benito AVR programmer.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Benito.txt"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Benito.c"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Benito.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = atmega32u2
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = BENITO
F_CPU = 8000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = Benito
SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
# Include common DMBS build system modules
DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the HIDReportViewer project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "HIDReportViewer.h"
/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Device_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.DataINPipe =
{
.Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTPipe =
{
.Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
.Banks = 1,
},
.HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
.HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "HID Device Report Viewer Running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
RetrieveDeviceData();
HID_Host_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Task to retrieve the HID device information from an attached device, and output
* the relevant data to the serial port for analysis.
*/
void RetrieveDeviceData(void)
{
if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
return;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
OutputReportSizes();
OutputParsedReportItems();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
}
/** Prints a summary of the device's HID report sizes from the HID parser output to the serial port
* for display to the user.
*/
void OutputReportSizes(void)
{
printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nTotal Device Reports: %" PRId8 "\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports);
for (uint8_t ReportIndex = 0; ReportIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports; ReportIndex++)
{
const HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &HIDReportInfo.ReportIDSizes[ReportIndex];
uint8_t ReportSizeInBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_In];
uint8_t ReportSizeOutBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out];
uint8_t ReportSizeFeatureBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature];
/* Print out the byte sizes of each report within the device */
printf_P(PSTR(" + Report ID 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Input Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
" - Output Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
" - Feature Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"),
CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID,
ReportSizeInBits,
((ReportSizeInBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeInBits & 0x07) != 0)),
ReportSizeOutBits,
((ReportSizeOutBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeOutBits & 0x07) != 0)),
ReportSizeFeatureBits,
((ReportSizeFeatureBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeFeatureBits & 0x07) != 0)));
}
}
/** Prints a summary of the device's parsed and stored report items along with their attributes
* to the serial port for display to the user.
*/
void OutputParsedReportItems(void)
{
printf_P(PSTR("\r\nReport Items (%" PRId8 " in Table):\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems);
for (uint8_t ItemIndex = 0; ItemIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ItemIndex++)
{
const HID_ReportItem_t* RItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ItemIndex];
printf_P(PSTR(" + Item %" PRId8 ":\r\n"
" - Report ID: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Data Direction: %s\r\n"
" - Item Flags: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Item Offset (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Item Size (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Usage Page: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
" - Usage: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
" - Unit Type: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
" - Unit Exponent: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Logical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
" - Logical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
" - Physical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
" - Physical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
" - Collection Path:\r\n"),
ItemIndex,
RItem->ReportID,
((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In) ? "IN" : ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out) ? "OUT" : "FEATURE")),
RItem->ItemFlags,
RItem->BitOffset,
RItem->Attributes.BitSize,
RItem->Attributes.Usage.Page,
RItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage,
RItem->Attributes.Unit.Type,
RItem->Attributes.Unit.Exponent,
RItem->Attributes.Logical.Minimum,
RItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum,
RItem->Attributes.Physical.Minimum,
RItem->Attributes.Physical.Maximum);
OutputCollectionPath(RItem->CollectionPath);
}
}
/** Prints the HID Collection path (along with each node's attributes) to the serial port
* for display to the user, from the given starting node to the root node.
*
* \param[in] CollectionPath Starting HID Collection node to print
*/
void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath)
{
const HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrentNode = CollectionPath;
while (CurrentNode != NULL)
{
printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n"
" - Type: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
" - Usage: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"),
CurrentNode->Type, CurrentNode->Usage);
CurrentNode = CurrentNode->Parent;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n"
" END\r\n"));
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
Serial_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Device_HID_Interface,
ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid HID Device.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Device_HID_Interface) != 0)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
return;
}
puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_Disable();
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
" -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
" -- Error Code %d\r\n"
" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
" -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
* an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
* we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
* have occupied).
*
* \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
*
* \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
*/
bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
{
return true;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for HIDReportViewer.c.
*/
#ifndef _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
#define _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void RetrieveDeviceData(void);
void OutputReportSizes(void);
void OutputParsedReportItems(void);
void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath);
void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage HID Device Report Viewer Programmer Project
*
* \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a HID Report viewer. This project is designed to aid in the debugging of USB HID Hosts, where the contents of an
* unknown HID device's HID Report need to be examined. Once a HID device has been plugged into this application, the HID report
* descriptor will be parsed using the internal LUFA HID report parser, and the results dumped to the serial port in a human
* readable format. This output will contain information on the sizes of the reports within the device's HID interface, as well as
* information on each report element (size, usage, minimum/maximum values, etc.).
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="HID Report Viewer" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.projects.hid_viewer"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer" caption="HID Report Viewer">
<info type="description" value="summary">
HID device report viewer project.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Host"/>
<keyword value="HID Class"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="HIDReportViewer.txt"/>
<build type="c-source" value="HIDReportViewer.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="HIDReportViewer.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = at90usb1287
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = USBKEY
F_CPU = 8000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = HIDReportViewer
SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
# Include common DMBS build system modules
DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk

View file

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
namespace CPUMonitor
{
partial class frmCPU
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components);
this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter();
this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tmrCPUTimer
//
this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick);
//
// cmbComPort
//
this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12);
this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21);
this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// pcCPUUsage
//
this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor";
this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time";
this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total";
//
// lblCPU
//
this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36);
this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU";
this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28);
this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1;
this.lblCPU.Text = "0%";
this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter;
//
// nicoNotifyIcon
//
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
//
// btnMinimizeToTray
//
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click);
//
// btnExit
//
this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67);
this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
//
// frmCPU
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU);
this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.Name = "frmCPU";
this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
}
#endregion
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU;
private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using Microsoft.Win32;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
public partial class frmCPU : Form
{
private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public frmCPU()
{
InitializeComponent();
nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
}
private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor");
String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
cmbComPort.Items.Clear();
cmbComPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
Hide();
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue();
int Red = 0;
int Green = 0;
int Blue = 0;
if (CPUUsage < 25)
{
Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage);
}
else if (CPUUsage < 50)
{
Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25));
Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue;
}
else if (CPUUsage < 75)
{
Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50));
Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red;
}
else
{
Red = LIGHT_MAX;
}
NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue);
lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%";
}
private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Exit();
}
private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
this.Hide();
}
private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
{
this.Show();
this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
<Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
<ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
<SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
<ProjectGuid>{6040B049-4241-4FFD-B388-AACDA78D1469}</ProjectGuid>
<OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
<AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
<RootNamespace>CPUMonitor</RootNamespace>
<AssemblyName>CPUMonitor</AssemblyName>
<TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
<FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
<FileUpgradeFlags>
</FileUpgradeFlags>
<OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
<UpgradeBackupLocation />
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
<DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
<DebugType>full</DebugType>
<Optimize>false</Optimize>
<OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
<DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
<ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
<WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
<DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
<Optimize>true</Optimize>
<OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
<DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
<ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
<WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Reference Include="System" />
<Reference Include="System.Core">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Data" />
<Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
<Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
<Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
<Reference Include="System.Xml" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Compile Include="CPUMonitor.cs">
<SubType>Form</SubType>
</Compile>
<Compile Include="CPUMonitor.Designer.cs">
<DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
</Compile>
<Compile Include="Program.cs" />
<Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
<EmbeddedResource Include="CPUMonitor.resx">
<DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
</EmbeddedResource>
<EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
<Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
<LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
</EmbeddedResource>
<Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
<DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
<DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
</Compile>
<None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
<Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
<LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
</None>
<Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
<DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
<DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
</Compile>
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
<!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
<Target Name="BeforeBuild">
</Target>
<Target Name="AfterBuild">
</Target>
-->
</Project>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<root>
<!--
Microsoft ResX Schema
Version 2.0
The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
associated with the data types.
Example:
... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
<resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
<resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
<data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
<data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
</data>
<data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
<comment>This is a comment</comment>
</data>
There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
name/value pairs.
Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
mimetype set.
The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
read any of the formats listed below.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
: using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-->
<xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
<xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
<xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
<xsd:element name="metadata">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="assembly">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="data">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
<xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="resheader">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:choice>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:schema>
<resheader name="resmimetype">
<value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="version">
<value>2.0</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
<value>17, 17</value>
</metadata>
<metadata name="tmrCPUTimer.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
<value>137, 17</value>
</metadata>
<metadata name="pcCPUUsage.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
<value>262, 17</value>
</metadata>
<metadata name="nicoNotifyIcon.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
<value>383, 17</value>
</metadata>
</root>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new frmCPU());
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]

View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
using System;
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources {
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources() {
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
get {
if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
get {
return resourceCulture;
}
set {
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<root>
<!--
Microsoft ResX Schema
Version 2.0
The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
associated with the data types.
Example:
... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
<resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
<resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
<data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
<data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
</data>
<data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
<comment>This is a comment</comment>
</data>
There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
name/value pairs.
Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
mimetype set.
The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
read any of the formats listed below.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
: using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-->
<xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
<xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
<xsd:element name="metadata">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="assembly">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="data">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="resheader">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:choice>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:schema>
<resheader name="resmimetype">
<value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="version">
<value>2.0</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
</root>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default {
get {
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
<Profiles>
<Profile Name="(Default)" />
</Profiles>
<Settings />
</SettingsFile>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2044,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
.CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
},
.CDC_Functional_ACM =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
.Capabilities = 0x06,
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
.MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
},
.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LED Notifier");
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// CDC Command Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
// CDC Data Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum StringDescriptors_t
{
STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
namespace LEDMixer
{
partial class LEDMixer
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tbRed
//
this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64);
this.tbRed.Maximum = 512;
this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed";
this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0;
this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll);
//
// tbGreen
//
this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115);
this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512;
this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen";
this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1;
this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll);
//
// tbBlue
//
this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163);
this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512;
this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue";
this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2;
this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll);
//
// cbPort
//
this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12);
this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort";
this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21);
this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3;
this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// lblRed
//
this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64);
this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed";
this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29);
this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4;
this.lblRed.Text = "Red";
this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblBlue
//
this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115);
this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen";
this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27);
this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5;
this.lblBlue.Text = "Green";
this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblGreen
//
this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163);
this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue";
this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25);
this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6;
this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue";
this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// LEDMixer
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed);
this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.MinimizeBox = false;
this.Name = "LEDMixer";
this.Text = "LED Mixer";
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
this.PerformLayout();
}
#endregion
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue;
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
public partial class LEDMixer : Form
{
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public LEDMixer()
{
InitializeComponent();
}
private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
cbPort.Items.Clear();
cbPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0;
tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
}
private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
<Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
<ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
<SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
<ProjectGuid>{A7814DA7-FA30-4A3D-878F-2E1975F9B27D}</ProjectGuid>
<OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
<AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
<RootNamespace>LEDMixer</RootNamespace>
<AssemblyName>LEDMixer</AssemblyName>
<TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
<FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
<FileUpgradeFlags>
</FileUpgradeFlags>
<OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
<UpgradeBackupLocation />
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
<DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
<DebugType>full</DebugType>
<Optimize>false</Optimize>
<OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
<DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
<ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
<WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
<DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
<Optimize>true</Optimize>
<OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
<DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
<ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
<WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Reference Include="System" />
<Reference Include="System.Core">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
<RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
</Reference>
<Reference Include="System.Data" />
<Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
<Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
<Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
<Reference Include="System.Xml" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Compile Include="LEDMixer.cs">
<SubType>Form</SubType>
</Compile>
<Compile Include="LEDMixer.Designer.cs">
<DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
</Compile>
<Compile Include="Program.cs" />
<Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
<EmbeddedResource Include="LEDMixer.resx">
<DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
</EmbeddedResource>
<EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
<Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
<LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
</EmbeddedResource>
<Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
<DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
<DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
</Compile>
<None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
<Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
<LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
</None>
<Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
<DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
<DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
</Compile>
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
<!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
<Target Name="BeforeBuild">
</Target>
<Target Name="AfterBuild">
</Target>
-->
</Project>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<root>
<!--
Microsoft ResX Schema
Version 2.0
The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
associated with the data types.
Example:
... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
<resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
<resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
<data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
<data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
</data>
<data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
<comment>This is a comment</comment>
</data>
There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
name/value pairs.
Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
mimetype set.
The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
read any of the formats listed below.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
: using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-->
<xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
<xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
<xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
<xsd:element name="metadata">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="assembly">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="data">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
<xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="resheader">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:choice>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:schema>
<resheader name="resmimetype">
<value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="version">
<value>2.0</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
<value>17, 17</value>
</metadata>
</root>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new LEDMixer());
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]

View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
using System;
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources {
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources() {
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
get {
if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
get {
return resourceCulture;
}
set {
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<root>
<!--
Microsoft ResX Schema
Version 2.0
The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
associated with the data types.
Example:
... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
<resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
<resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
<data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
<data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
<data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
</data>
<data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
<value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
<comment>This is a comment</comment>
</data>
There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
name/value pairs.
Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
mimetype set.
The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
read any of the formats listed below.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
value : The object must be serialized with
: System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
: using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
: and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-->
<xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
<xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
<xsd:element name="metadata">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="assembly">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="data">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
<xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
<xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="resheader">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
</xsd:sequence>
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:choice>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:schema>
<resheader name="resmimetype">
<value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="version">
<value>2.0</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="reader">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
<resheader name="writer">
<value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
</resheader>
</root>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default {
get {
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
<Profiles>
<Profile Name="(Default)" />
</Profiles>
<Settings />
</SettingsFile>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "LEDNotifier.h"
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
.DataINEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.NotificationEndpoint =
{
.Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
.Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
},
};
/** Counter for the software PWM. */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count;
/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel. */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel. */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel. */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty;
/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
* used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
*/
static FILE USBSerialStream;
/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111)
SoftPWM_Count = 0;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
/* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
/* Read in next LED colour command from the host */
uint8_t ColourUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream);
/* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */
uint8_t Channel = (ColourUpdate & 0b11100000);
uint8_t Duty = (ColourUpdate & 0b00011111);
if (Channel & (1 << 5))
SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 6))
SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 7))
SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty;
fputc(&USBSerialStream, ColourUpdate);
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Timer Initialization */
OCR0A = 100;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = (1 << CS00);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for LEDNotifier.c.
*/
#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project
*
* \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* \li AT90USB646
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
*
* USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any
* USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the
* host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs.
*
* This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become
* a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier.
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
;************************************************************
[DefaultInstall]
CopyINF="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
[SourceDisksNames]
[SourceDisksFiles]
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
[DriverInstall]
Include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
[DriverInstall.Services]
Include=mdmcpq.inf
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
[DriverInstall.AddReg]
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
[DeviceList.NTx86]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
[DeviceList.NTia64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="LED Notifier Widget" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.projects.led_notifier"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier" caption="LED Notifier Widget">
<info type="description" value="summary">
RGB LED notification widget project.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LEDNotifier.txt"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="CPUUsageApp"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="LEDMixerApp"/>
<build type="c-source" value="LEDNotifier.c"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="LEDNotifier.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = atmega32u2
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = USB2AX
F_CPU = 16000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = LEDNotifier
SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
# Include common DMBS build system modules
DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk

View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES 3
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
.SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
.Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
.SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
.Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
.Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// MIDI Audio Control Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
// MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum StringDescriptors_t
{
STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
.DataINEndpoint =
{
.Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
.Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTEndpoint =
{
.Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
.Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
},
};
/** 8-bit 256 entry Sine Wave lookup table */
static const uint8_t SineTable[256] =
{
128, 131, 134, 137, 140, 143, 146, 149, 152, 156, 159, 162, 165, 168, 171, 174,
176, 179, 182, 185, 188, 191, 193, 196, 199, 201, 204, 206, 209, 211, 213, 216,
218, 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 237, 239, 240, 242, 243, 245,
246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 252, 253, 254, 254, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 254, 254, 253, 252, 252, 251, 250, 249, 248, 247,
246, 245, 243, 242, 240, 239, 237, 236, 234, 232, 230, 228, 226, 224, 222, 220,
218, 216, 213, 211, 209, 206, 204, 201, 199, 196, 193, 191, 188, 185, 182, 179,
176, 174, 171, 168, 165, 162, 159, 156, 152, 149, 146, 143, 140, 137, 134, 131,
128, 124, 121, 118, 115, 112, 109, 106, 103, 99, 96, 93, 90, 87, 84, 81,
79, 76, 73, 70, 67, 64, 62, 59, 56, 54, 51, 49, 46, 44, 42, 39,
37, 35, 33, 31, 29, 27, 25, 23, 21, 19, 18, 16, 15, 13, 12, 10,
9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35,
37, 39, 42, 44, 46, 49, 51, 54, 56, 59, 62, 64, 67, 70, 73, 76,
79, 81, 84, 87, 90, 93, 96, 99, 103, 106, 109, 112, 115, 118, 121, 124,
};
/** Array of structures describing each note being generated */
static DDSNoteData NoteData[MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES];
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
GlobalInterruptEnable();
for (;;)
{
MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
{
if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
DDSNoteData* LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[0];
/* Find a free entry in the note table to use for the note being turned on */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
{
/* Check if the note is unused */
if (!(NoteData[i].Pitch))
{
/* If a note is unused, it's age is essentially infinite - always prefer unused note entries */
LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
break;
}
else if (NoteData[i].LRUAge >= LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge)
{
/* If an older entry that the current entry has been found, prefer overwriting that one */
LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
}
NoteData[i].LRUAge++;
}
/* Update the oldest note entry with the new note data and reset its age */
LRUNoteStruct->Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
LRUNoteStruct->TableIncrement = (uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * SCALE_FACTOR) +
((uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO * SCALE_FACTOR) *
(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 - BASE_PITCH_INDEX));
LRUNoteStruct->TablePosition = 0;
LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge = 0;
/* Turn on indicator LED to indicate note generation activity */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
}
else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
bool FoundActiveNote = false;
/* Find the note in the note table to turn off */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
{
if (NoteData[i].Pitch == ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2)
NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
else if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
FoundActiveNote = true;
}
/* If all notes off, turn off the indicator LED */
if (!(FoundActiveNote))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
}
MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint16_t MixedSample = 0;
/* Sum together all the active notes to form a single sample */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
{
/* A non-zero pitch indicates the note is active */
if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
{
/* Use the top 8 bits of the table position as the sample table index */
uint8_t TableIndex = (NoteData[i].TablePosition >> 24);
/* Add the new tone sample to the accumulator and increment the table position */
MixedSample += SineTable[TableIndex];
NoteData[i].TablePosition += NoteData[i].TableIncrement;
}
}
/* Output clamped mixed sample value to the PWM */
OCR3A = (MixedSample <= 0xFF) ? MixedSample : 0xFF;
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
#endif
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
OCR0A = (VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 8);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM31) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
/* Disable any notes currently being played */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
bool ConfigSuccess = true;
ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** Scale factor used to convert the floating point frequencies and ratios into a fixed point number */
#define SCALE_FACTOR 65536
/** Base (lowest) allowable MIDI note frequency */
#define BASE_FREQUENCY 27.5
/** Ratio between each note in an octave */
#define NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO 1.05946
/** Lowest valid MIDI pitch index */
#define BASE_PITCH_INDEX 21
/** Number of samples in the virtual sample table (can be expanded to lower maximum frequency, but allow for
* more simultaneous notes due to the reduced amount of processing time needed when the samples are spaced out)
*/
#define VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE 512
/** Sample table increments per period for the base MIDI note frequency */
#define BASE_INCREMENT (((F_CPU / VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 2) / BASE_FREQUENCY))
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t LRUAge;
uint8_t Pitch;
uint32_t TableIncrement;
uint32_t TablePosition;
} DDSNoteData;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage MIDI Tone Generator Project
*
* \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
* \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
* \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
*
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
* General MIDI Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
*
* MIDI note synthesiser project. This project implements a basic DDS frequency synthesiser, capable of producing 8-bit PWM sine
* waves of variable frequency. When attached to a USB host, this project will allow for multiple MIDI notes to be synthesised into
* audiable sound via PWM, using the notes sent to MIDI channel 1.
*
* Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare channel A. Decouple the audio output with a capacitor
* and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
*
* \section Sec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
* <th><b>Location:</b></th>
* <th><b>Description:</b></th>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Sets the maximum number of MIDI notes that can be generated simultaneously. More notes require more processing time,
* and thus a value that is too high will cause audiable sound distortion due to insufficient CPU time.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<asf xmlversion="1.0">
<project caption="MIDI Tone Generator" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen.avr8">
<require idref="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen"/>
<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
<generator value="as5_8"/>
<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
</project>
<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen" caption="MIDI Tone Generator">
<info type="description" value="summary">
MIDI tone generator project.
</info>
<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
<keyword value="USB Device"/>
<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
</info>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.txt"/>
<build type="c-source" value="MIDIToneGenerator.c"/>
<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
<build type="header-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
<require idref="lufa.common"/>
<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
</module>
</asf>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
#
# --------------------------------------
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
# Run "make help" for target help.
MCU = at90usb1287
ARCH = AVR8
BOARD = USBKEY
F_CPU = 8000000
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = MIDIToneGenerator
SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
LD_FLAGS =
# Default target
all:
# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
# Include common DMBS build system modules
DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk

View file

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MAG_T1_CLOCK (1 << 0)
#define MAG_T1_DATA (1 << 1)
#define MAG_T2_CLOCK (1 << 2)
#define MAG_T2_DATA (1 << 3)
#define MAG_T3_CLOCK (1 << 4)
#define MAG_T3_DATA (1 << 5)
#define MAG_CARDPRESENT (1 << 6)
#define MAG_PORT PORTC
#define MAG_PIN PINC
#define MAG_DDR DDRC
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
* reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent,
* where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used.
*
* See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
* Max simultaneous keys: 6
*/
HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
.Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
.ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
.SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
.Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich");
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Magnetic Card Reader");
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case STRING_ID_Language:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case STRING_ID_Product:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case HID_DTYPE_HID:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case HID_DTYPE_Report:
Address = &KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */
// Keyboard HID Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */
USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
* should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
* interface from other descriptors.
*/
enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
{
INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
};
/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
* have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
* other descriptors.
*/
enum StringDescriptors_t
{
STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
};
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
/** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint16_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more